1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1063 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1064 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1065 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1066 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1069 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1070 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1071 breakpoints if needed. */
1074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1079 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1080 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1081 within_current_scope
= 1;
1084 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1086 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1087 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1088 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1089 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1092 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1094 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1095 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1096 if (within_current_scope
)
1100 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1109 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1110 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1111 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1112 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1113 be completely different objects. */
1114 value_free (b
->val
);
1119 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1120 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1121 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1122 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1123 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1124 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1126 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1127 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1128 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1130 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1132 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1133 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1135 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1137 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1138 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1139 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1140 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1147 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1148 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1149 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1150 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1153 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1155 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1157 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1160 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1163 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1164 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1165 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1166 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1172 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1174 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1175 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1177 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1178 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1179 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1180 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1181 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1182 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1183 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1185 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1187 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1188 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1189 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1191 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1192 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1198 addr
= value_address (v
);
1199 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1203 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1206 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1207 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1210 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1212 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1213 loc
->address
= addr
;
1215 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1219 next
= value_next (v
);
1224 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1225 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1226 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1227 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1230 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1231 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1234 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1236 printf_filtered (_("\
1237 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1238 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1240 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1241 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1245 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1247 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1251 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1252 inserted in the inferior. */
1254 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1256 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1259 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1262 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1265 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1266 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1267 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1268 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1269 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1270 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1271 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1272 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1273 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1276 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1278 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1284 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1285 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1286 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1288 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1289 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1291 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1293 int *disabled_breaks
,
1294 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1301 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1302 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1303 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1304 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1306 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1307 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1309 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1311 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1312 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1313 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1314 Two important cases are:
1315 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1316 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1317 hardware breakpoint.
1318 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1319 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1320 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1322 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1323 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1324 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1325 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1326 struct mem_region
*mr
1327 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1331 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1334 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1336 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1337 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1339 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1341 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1343 static int said
= 0;
1344 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1347 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1348 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1353 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1354 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1355 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1356 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1360 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1361 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1362 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1363 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1365 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1367 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1368 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1371 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1376 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1377 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1378 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1380 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1381 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1382 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1385 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1390 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1391 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1392 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1393 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1394 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1396 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1397 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1402 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1404 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1405 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1406 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1414 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1415 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1422 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1423 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1425 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1427 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1428 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1430 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1431 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1432 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1433 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1434 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1436 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1437 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1438 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1442 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1444 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1451 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1452 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1453 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1454 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1455 "Error accessing memory address ");
1456 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1458 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1459 safe_strerror (val
));
1470 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1471 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1472 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1473 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1475 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1477 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1478 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1481 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1483 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1484 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1485 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1486 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1488 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1492 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1493 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1494 so just return success. */
1501 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1502 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1506 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1511 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1514 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1518 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1519 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1522 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1524 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1526 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1527 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1529 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1530 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1532 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1538 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1539 removed locations above. */
1540 update_global_location_list (0);
1543 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1544 Throws exception on any error.
1545 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1546 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1548 insert_breakpoints (void)
1550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1553 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1554 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1556 update_global_location_list (1);
1558 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1559 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1561 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1562 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1565 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1566 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1567 Both return zero if successful,
1568 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1571 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1573 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1574 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1577 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1578 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1580 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1581 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1583 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1584 there was an error. */
1585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1587 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1591 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1592 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1594 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1597 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1598 thread no longer exists. */
1599 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1600 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1605 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1606 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1607 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1608 insert breakpoints. */
1609 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1610 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1613 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1615 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1620 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1621 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1624 int some_failed
= 0;
1625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1627 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1630 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1633 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1636 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1637 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1644 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1646 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1648 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1650 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1658 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1659 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1660 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1664 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1666 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1667 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1670 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1674 remove_breakpoints (void)
1676 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1687 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1690 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1692 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1694 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1696 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1698 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1703 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1712 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1714 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1720 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1726 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1729 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1731 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1732 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1733 struct inferior
*inf
;
1734 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1736 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1740 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1741 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1743 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1745 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1749 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1755 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1768 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1770 static struct breakpoint
*
1771 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1772 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1777 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1780 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1781 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1784 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1793 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1798 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1800 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1804 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1805 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1807 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1809 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1812 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1816 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1817 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1820 update_global_location_list (1);
1824 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1826 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1827 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1830 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1832 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1833 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1836 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1838 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1841 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1843 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1847 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1848 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1850 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1851 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1853 update_global_location_list (1);
1855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1859 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1862 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1863 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1865 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1866 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1867 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1868 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1869 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1870 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1871 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1872 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1874 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1875 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1879 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1882 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1883 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1889 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1896 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1897 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1898 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1899 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1905 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1906 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1912 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1920 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1922 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1923 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1924 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1925 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1929 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1930 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1931 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1932 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1933 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1934 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1936 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1937 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1938 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1939 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1940 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1941 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1942 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1944 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1945 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1946 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1947 let finish_command delete it.
1949 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1950 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1951 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1952 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1953 solib breakpoints.) */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1960 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1961 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1963 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1970 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1971 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1972 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1973 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1978 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1980 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1983 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1985 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1986 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1988 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1989 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1992 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1996 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2002 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2003 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2004 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2005 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2006 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2009 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2014 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2015 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2018 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2019 This should not ever happen. */
2020 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2023 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2026 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2027 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2029 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2030 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2031 || b
->section
== NULL
2032 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2034 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2036 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2037 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2039 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2043 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2044 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2045 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2047 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2048 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2050 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2051 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2052 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2053 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2054 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2056 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2057 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2059 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2060 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2063 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2064 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2065 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2066 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2067 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2068 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2071 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2072 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2073 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2074 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2075 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2082 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2087 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2088 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2089 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2090 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2095 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2102 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2103 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2104 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2106 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2107 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2108 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2111 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2112 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2115 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2117 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2120 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2127 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2130 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2133 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2136 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2137 This should not ever happen. */
2138 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2140 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2144 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2146 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2150 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2153 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2155 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2158 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2162 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2163 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2165 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2168 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2169 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2170 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2175 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2178 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2180 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2182 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2184 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2189 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2190 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2196 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2202 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2204 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2205 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2208 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2215 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2217 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2218 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2220 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2222 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2223 in insert_breakpoints. */
2225 value_free (b
->val
);
2235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2237 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2244 match, not program space. */
2246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2249 permanent breakpoint.
2250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2252 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2256 enum breakpoint_here
2257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2259 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2264 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2265 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2269 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2270 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2273 if (overlay_debugging
2274 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2275 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2277 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2287 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2290 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2295 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2296 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2303 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2304 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2305 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2306 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2309 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2311 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2315 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2316 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2320 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2323 if (overlay_debugging
2324 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2325 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2326 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2334 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2335 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2338 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2340 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2349 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2353 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2355 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2356 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2360 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2364 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2367 if (overlay_debugging
2368 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2369 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2370 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2377 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2384 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2385 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2387 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2391 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2393 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2394 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2397 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2400 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2401 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2405 /* Check for intersection. */
2406 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2407 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2415 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2416 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2419 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2429 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2430 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2434 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2437 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2441 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2443 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2444 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2445 it is now time to do so. */
2447 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2448 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2452 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2454 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2455 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2456 it is now time to do so. */
2458 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2459 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2463 if (overlay_debugging
2464 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2465 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2466 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2475 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2479 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2481 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2485 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2488 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2489 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2493 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2494 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2497 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2514 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2515 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2518 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2522 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2527 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2529 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2530 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2531 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2532 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2535 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2536 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2540 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2550 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2553 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2558 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2560 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2566 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2567 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2568 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2570 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2571 step_resume breakpoint.
2573 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2575 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2579 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2581 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2583 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2585 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2586 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2587 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2588 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2589 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2596 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2597 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2598 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2599 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2600 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2601 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2603 Return 1 otherwise. */
2606 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2611 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2613 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2614 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2615 this function might return the same number more
2616 than once and this will look ugly. */
2617 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2618 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2620 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2622 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2626 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2629 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2633 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2634 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2636 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2642 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2645 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2647 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2649 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2651 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2652 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2653 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2654 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2659 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2662 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2664 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2666 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2670 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2671 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2672 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2676 bpstat of the current thread. */
2679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2699 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2700 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2702 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2704 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2705 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2706 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2707 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2708 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2709 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2710 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2711 the tree when we're done. */
2714 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2731 if (target_can_async_p ())
2732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2763 && target_has_execution
2764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2783 struct value_print_options opts
;
2784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2789 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2790 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2791 by having it set different print_it values.
2793 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2794 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2795 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2796 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2797 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2799 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2800 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2801 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2802 don't print anything else.
2803 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2804 that something to be followed by a location.
2805 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2806 that something to be followed by a location.
2807 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2810 static enum print_stop_action
2811 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2813 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2815 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2816 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2818 enum print_stop_action result
;
2820 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2821 which has since been deleted. */
2822 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2824 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2827 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2828 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2833 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2834 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2835 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2836 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2839 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2851 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2852 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2855 case bp_shlib_event
:
2856 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2857 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2858 to shlib event" message.) */
2859 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2860 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2863 case bp_thread_event
:
2864 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2865 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2866 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2867 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2870 case bp_overlay_event
:
2871 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2877 /* These should never be enabled. */
2878 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2879 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2884 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2890 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2892 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2893 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2895 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2896 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2898 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2899 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2906 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2908 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2910 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2911 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2917 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2919 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2927 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2944 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2947 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2954 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2955 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2963 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2969 case bp_step_resume
:
2970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2975 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2983 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2984 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2985 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2986 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2989 static enum print_stop_action
2990 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2992 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2995 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2996 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3000 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3001 relevant messages. */
3002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3005 case print_it_normal
:
3007 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3010 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3011 print_it_typical. */
3012 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3013 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3014 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3016 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3022 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3027 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3028 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3029 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3030 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3031 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3032 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3035 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3036 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3037 code to print the location. An example is
3038 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3040 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3041 to also print the location part of the message.
3042 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3043 don't require a location appended to the end.
3044 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3045 further info to be printed.*/
3047 enum print_stop_action
3048 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3052 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3053 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3054 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3055 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3056 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3059 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3060 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3061 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3065 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3066 with and nothing was printed. */
3067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3070 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3071 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3072 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3073 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3076 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3078 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3079 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3080 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3084 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3087 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3091 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3093 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3094 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3095 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3101 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3102 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3105 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3107 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3111 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3113 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3114 as not triggered. */
3116 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3117 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3118 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3124 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3126 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3127 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3130 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3132 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3134 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3137 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3138 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3143 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3149 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3153 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3157 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3165 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3166 because of check_errors). */
3167 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3168 #define WP_DELETED 1
3169 /* The value has changed. */
3170 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3171 /* The value has not changed. */
3172 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3174 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3175 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3177 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3180 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3182 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3184 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3185 int within_current_scope
;
3187 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3189 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3190 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3191 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3192 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3193 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3195 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3196 within_current_scope
= 1;
3199 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3200 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3201 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3203 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3204 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3206 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3207 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3208 if (within_current_scope
)
3210 struct symbol
*function
;
3212 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3213 if (function
== NULL
3214 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3215 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3216 within_current_scope
= 0;
3219 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3220 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3221 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3222 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3223 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3224 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3225 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3226 is likely to be wrong. */
3227 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3228 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3230 if (within_current_scope
)
3231 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3232 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3237 if (within_current_scope
)
3239 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3240 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3241 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3242 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3244 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3245 struct value
*new_val
;
3247 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3248 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3249 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3251 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3253 release_value (new_val
);
3254 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3256 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3259 /* We will stop here */
3260 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3264 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3265 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3266 /* We won't stop here */
3267 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3272 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3273 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3274 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3275 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3276 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3277 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3278 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3279 the first value assigned). */
3280 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3281 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3282 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3283 information here. */
3284 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3286 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3289 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3290 which its expression is valid.\n");
3292 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3293 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3294 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3300 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3301 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3302 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3304 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3307 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3309 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3311 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
3314 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3315 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3316 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3317 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3318 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3319 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3321 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3324 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3325 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3326 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3330 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3331 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3332 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3333 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3334 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3335 (did not match the data address). */
3337 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3338 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3339 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3340 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3343 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3345 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3347 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3348 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3349 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3353 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3355 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3356 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3363 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3364 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3367 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3369 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3370 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3372 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3373 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3374 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3375 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3379 int must_check_value
= 0;
3381 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3382 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3384 must_check_value
= 1;
3385 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3386 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3387 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3389 must_check_value
= 1;
3390 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3391 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3392 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3393 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3394 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3395 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3396 must_check_value
= 1;
3398 if (must_check_value
)
3400 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3402 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3403 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3405 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3409 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3413 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3414 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3416 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3417 the value has changed. This is for targets
3418 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3423 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3424 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3425 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3427 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3428 the value hasn't changed. */
3429 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3437 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3438 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3439 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3440 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3441 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3442 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3443 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3447 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3449 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3450 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3451 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3452 anything for this watchpoint. */
3453 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3460 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3461 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3462 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3464 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3466 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3467 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3468 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3470 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3471 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3475 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3477 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3478 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3479 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3482 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3484 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3486 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3487 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3488 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3489 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3491 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3493 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3494 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3495 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3496 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3497 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3499 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3501 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3502 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3504 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3505 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3507 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3511 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3515 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3518 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3520 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3528 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3529 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3531 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3532 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3534 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3536 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3538 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3539 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3540 several reasons concurrently.)
3542 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3543 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3546 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3547 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3550 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3551 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3552 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3553 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3554 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3555 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3557 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3559 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3563 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3565 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
3568 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3569 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3570 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3571 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3573 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3576 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3579 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3581 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3583 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3584 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3589 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3593 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3594 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3595 /* We do not stop for these. */
3598 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3602 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3605 /* We will stop here */
3606 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3608 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3609 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3610 update_locations
= 1;
3614 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3616 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3617 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3619 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3622 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3625 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3626 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3627 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3630 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3631 if (update_locations
)
3632 update_global_location_list (0);
3634 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3636 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3639 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3640 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3643 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3647 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3648 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3650 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3651 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3652 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3654 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3658 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3660 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3662 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3663 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3665 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3666 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3667 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3668 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3669 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3672 if (need_remove_insert
)
3673 update_global_location_list (1);
3675 return root_bs
->next
;
3678 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3680 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3682 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3685 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3688 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3691 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3694 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3697 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3700 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3703 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3706 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3709 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3712 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3715 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3718 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3722 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3723 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3724 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3725 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3726 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3727 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3728 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3729 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3730 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3731 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3732 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3733 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3735 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3736 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3737 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3738 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3740 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3741 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3742 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3743 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3744 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3745 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3746 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3748 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3749 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3750 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3751 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3754 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3755 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3756 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3757 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3764 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3765 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3766 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3767 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3768 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3770 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3771 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3772 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3774 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3775 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3778 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3779 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3780 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3781 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3782 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3783 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3784 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3785 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3786 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3787 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3788 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3789 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3803 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3804 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3806 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3807 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3809 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3810 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3811 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3812 which has since been deleted. */
3814 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3815 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3817 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3823 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3829 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3831 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3834 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3837 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3838 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3839 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3843 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3845 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3848 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3849 This requires no further action. */
3850 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3853 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3855 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3856 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3858 case bp_step_resume
:
3861 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3864 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3865 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3867 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3868 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3870 case bp_shlib_event
:
3871 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3874 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3876 case bp_thread_event
:
3877 case bp_overlay_event
:
3878 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3879 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3885 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3887 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3890 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3891 This requires no further action. */
3892 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3895 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3896 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3897 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3898 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3901 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3902 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3904 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3905 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3908 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3910 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3914 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3915 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3916 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3919 bpstat_should_step (void)
3921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3923 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3929 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3931 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3940 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
3942 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3943 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3945 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3947 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3949 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
3953 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3955 if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
3958 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3962 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3963 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3964 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3965 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3967 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3972 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3973 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3976 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3979 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3983 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3984 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3987 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3989 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3992 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3994 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3995 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3997 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3998 int print_address_bits
,
4001 struct command_line
*l
;
4003 struct ep_type_description
4008 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4010 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4011 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4012 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4013 {bp_until
, "until"},
4014 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4015 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4016 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4017 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4018 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4019 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4020 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4021 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4022 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4023 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4024 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4025 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4026 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4027 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4028 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4029 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4030 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4033 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4034 char wrap_indent
[80];
4035 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4036 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4037 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4039 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4040 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4041 struct value_print_options opts
;
4043 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4045 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4046 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4047 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4051 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4052 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4057 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4061 if (part_of_multiple
)
4064 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4065 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4070 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4075 if (part_of_multiple
)
4076 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4079 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4080 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4081 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4082 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4084 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4089 if (part_of_multiple
)
4090 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4092 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4097 if (part_of_multiple
)
4098 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4100 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4101 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4102 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4106 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4107 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4109 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4110 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4112 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4115 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4117 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4118 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4119 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4120 just one location. */
4121 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4122 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4128 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4129 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4133 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4134 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4135 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4136 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4137 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4138 is relatively readable). */
4139 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4140 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4142 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4146 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4150 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4151 case bp_step_resume
:
4152 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4154 case bp_shlib_event
:
4155 case bp_thread_event
:
4156 case bp_overlay_event
:
4157 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4160 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4163 if (header_of_multiple
)
4164 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4165 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4166 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4168 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4169 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4172 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4173 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4180 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4183 && !header_of_multiple
4185 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4186 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4187 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4188 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4190 struct inferior
*inf
;
4193 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4195 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4200 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4203 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4204 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4209 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4211 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4213 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4214 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4215 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4216 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4218 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4220 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4221 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4227 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4231 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4233 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4234 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4235 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4238 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4240 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4241 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4242 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4244 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4248 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4252 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4254 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4255 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4256 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4257 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4260 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4262 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4263 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4264 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4267 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4268 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4269 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4270 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4272 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4275 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4276 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4277 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4278 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4279 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4281 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4285 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4286 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4290 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4292 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4295 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4296 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4297 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4300 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4302 annotate_field (10);
4303 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4304 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4305 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4308 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4310 annotate_field (11);
4311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4312 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4313 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4316 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4318 struct action_line
*action
;
4319 annotate_field (12);
4320 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4322 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4323 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4324 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4328 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4331 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4332 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4333 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4336 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4337 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4341 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4342 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4345 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4346 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4348 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4349 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4350 locations, if any. */
4351 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4353 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4354 disabled, we print it as if it had
4355 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4356 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4358 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4359 several locations internally, that's no a property
4362 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4363 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4364 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4366 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4368 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4369 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4370 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4376 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4378 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4379 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4381 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4383 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4384 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4385 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4388 return print_address_bits
;
4391 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4397 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4399 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4400 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4401 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4404 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4406 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4407 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4415 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4417 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4419 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4421 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4422 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4428 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4429 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4432 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4434 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4435 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4436 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4437 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4438 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4439 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4440 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4441 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4444 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4445 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4446 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4449 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4452 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4453 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4454 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4455 struct value_print_options opts
;
4456 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4458 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4460 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4461 size required for address fields. */
4462 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4465 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4467 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4469 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4470 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4471 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4473 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4477 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4479 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4483 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4486 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4487 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4488 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4490 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4491 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4493 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4494 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4496 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4497 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4499 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4500 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4502 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4504 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4505 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4507 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4509 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4511 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4512 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4513 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4514 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4518 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4520 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4522 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4523 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4526 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4528 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4531 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4533 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4538 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4539 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4542 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4543 there have been breakpoints? */
4544 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4548 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4553 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4555 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4559 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4564 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4566 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4570 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4571 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4572 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4574 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4575 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4577 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4578 && bl
->address
== pc
4579 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4585 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4586 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4590 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4591 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4592 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4595 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4598 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4602 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4603 else /* if (others == ???) */
4604 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4606 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4609 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4610 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4611 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4612 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4613 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4614 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4615 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4616 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4617 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4619 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4623 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4625 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4626 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4627 printf_filtered (".\n");
4631 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4632 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4635 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4636 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4639 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4640 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4641 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4642 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4643 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4646 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4647 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4648 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4649 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4651 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4652 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4653 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4661 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4663 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4665 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4668 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4669 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4672 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4674 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4675 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4676 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4677 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4680 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4681 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4682 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4683 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4686 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4687 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4689 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4690 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4694 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4695 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4696 represent the same location. */
4699 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4701 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4702 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4704 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4707 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4709 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4710 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4714 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4715 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4720 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4721 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4723 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4724 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4726 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4729 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4730 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4731 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4732 this function is simply the identity function. */
4735 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4736 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4738 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4740 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4743 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4744 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4745 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4746 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4747 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4749 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4750 have their addresses modified. */
4755 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4757 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4758 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4759 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4761 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4762 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4764 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4765 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4767 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4771 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4773 static struct bp_location
*
4774 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4776 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4778 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4779 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4783 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4793 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4794 case bp_step_resume
:
4795 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4797 case bp_shlib_event
:
4798 case bp_thread_event
:
4799 case bp_overlay_event
:
4801 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4802 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4804 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4805 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4807 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4808 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4809 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4810 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4814 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4817 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4823 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4828 if (loc
->function_name
)
4829 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4834 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4835 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4836 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4838 static struct breakpoint
*
4839 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4842 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4844 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4845 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4848 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4849 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4850 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4852 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4855 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4857 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4858 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4859 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4860 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4862 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4864 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4865 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4866 of increasing numbers. */
4868 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4870 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4880 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4882 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4884 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4885 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4886 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4888 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4890 if (loc
->function_name
)
4891 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4895 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4896 static struct gdbarch
*
4897 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4900 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4902 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4907 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4908 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4909 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4910 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4911 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4912 is also returned as the value of this function.
4914 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4915 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4916 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4917 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4918 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4919 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4920 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4923 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4924 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4926 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4927 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4928 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4930 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4932 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4934 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4935 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4937 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4938 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4939 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4940 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4941 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4942 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4943 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4945 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4946 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4947 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4948 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4949 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4951 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4952 breakpoint resetting. */
4953 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4955 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4956 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4958 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4959 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4960 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4962 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4964 breakpoints_changed ();
4970 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4971 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4973 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4975 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4976 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4978 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4979 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4980 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4981 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4982 but it's easy to implmement. */
4983 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4987 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4988 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4989 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4992 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4994 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4996 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4997 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4998 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4999 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5000 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5001 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5002 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
5004 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5005 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5006 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5010 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5012 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5014 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5016 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5017 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5019 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5020 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5025 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5027 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5030 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5032 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5033 update_global_location_list (1);
5034 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5039 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5041 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5044 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5046 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5047 update_global_location_list (0);
5048 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5053 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5055 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5057 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5059 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5060 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5062 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5064 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5070 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5072 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5075 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5076 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5077 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5080 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5083 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5084 char ***addr_string_p
;
5088 struct lang_and_radix
5094 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5097 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5099 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5101 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5102 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5107 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5109 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5112 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5113 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5114 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5118 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5120 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5122 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5123 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5127 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5128 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5131 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5133 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5137 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5138 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5139 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5140 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5141 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5142 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5143 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5144 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5145 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5146 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5147 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5149 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5151 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5155 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5160 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5161 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5164 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5166 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5167 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5169 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5170 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5171 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5172 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5173 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5174 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5179 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5180 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5181 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5182 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5183 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5184 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5185 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5187 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5188 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5189 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5190 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5192 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5194 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5195 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5198 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5203 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5205 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5208 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5210 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5213 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5216 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5218 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5221 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5225 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5227 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5230 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5232 static enum print_stop_action
5233 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5235 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5236 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5237 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5238 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5241 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5244 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5246 struct value_print_options opts
;
5248 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5250 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5251 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5252 is relatively readable). */
5253 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5254 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5257 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5259 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5260 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5261 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5262 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5266 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5270 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5272 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5275 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5277 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5281 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5282 print_it_catch_fork
,
5283 print_one_catch_fork
,
5284 print_mention_catch_fork
5287 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5290 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5292 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5295 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5298 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5300 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5303 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5307 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5309 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5312 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5314 static enum print_stop_action
5315 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5317 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5318 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5319 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5320 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5323 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5326 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5328 struct value_print_options opts
;
5330 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5331 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5332 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5333 is relatively readable). */
5334 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5335 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5337 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5338 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5340 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5341 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5342 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5343 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5347 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5351 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5353 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5356 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5358 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5362 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5363 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5364 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5365 print_mention_catch_vfork
5368 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5372 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5374 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5376 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5377 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5378 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5383 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5387 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5389 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5390 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5392 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5393 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5395 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5396 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5398 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5399 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5403 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5404 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5405 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5406 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5407 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5410 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5414 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5416 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5418 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5419 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5420 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5425 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5429 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5430 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5432 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5433 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5437 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5438 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5439 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5440 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5441 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5444 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5448 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5450 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5451 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5452 syscall we are catching. */
5453 int syscall_number
= 0;
5455 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5458 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5459 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5463 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5465 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5475 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5478 static enum print_stop_action
5479 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5481 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5482 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5483 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5484 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5486 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5488 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5491 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5493 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5495 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5498 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5500 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5502 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5504 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5505 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5506 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5507 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5508 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5509 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5511 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5513 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5516 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5520 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5521 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5523 struct value_print_options opts
;
5525 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5526 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5527 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5528 is relatively readable). */
5529 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5530 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5533 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5534 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5535 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5539 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5542 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5544 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5549 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5552 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5554 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5556 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5557 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5561 /* Remove the last comma. */
5562 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5563 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5566 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5567 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5570 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5574 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5576 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5580 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5581 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5583 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5586 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5590 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5593 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5595 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5597 printf_filtered (")");
5600 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5604 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5606 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5608 insert_catch_syscall
,
5609 remove_catch_syscall
,
5610 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5611 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5612 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5613 print_mention_catch_syscall
5616 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5619 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5621 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5624 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5625 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5626 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5627 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5629 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5630 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5631 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5632 to the catchpoint. */
5634 static struct breakpoint
*
5635 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5637 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5639 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5643 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5645 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5646 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5647 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5649 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5651 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5652 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5653 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5659 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5661 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5662 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5663 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5664 to the catchpoint. */
5666 static struct breakpoint
*
5667 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5668 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5670 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5671 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5674 update_global_location_list (1);
5680 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5681 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5682 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5684 struct breakpoint
*b
5685 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5687 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5689 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5692 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5695 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5697 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5701 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5703 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5707 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5709 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5712 static enum print_stop_action
5713 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5715 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5716 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5718 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5722 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5724 struct value_print_options opts
;
5726 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5728 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5729 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5730 is relatively readable). */
5731 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5732 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5734 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5735 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5737 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5738 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5739 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5744 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5746 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5749 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5753 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5754 print_it_catch_exec
,
5755 print_one_catch_exec
,
5756 print_mention_catch_exec
5760 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5761 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5763 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5764 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5765 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5767 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5769 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5772 update_global_location_list (1);
5776 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5783 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5791 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5793 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5796 *other_type_used
= 0;
5799 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5801 if (b
->type
== type
)
5803 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5804 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5805 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5806 *other_type_used
= 1;
5813 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5815 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5819 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5820 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5821 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5822 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5823 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5825 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5826 update_global_location_list (0);
5832 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5834 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5838 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5839 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5840 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5841 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5842 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5844 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5845 update_global_location_list (1);
5851 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5853 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5858 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5861 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5862 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5863 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5865 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5871 update_global_location_list (0);
5873 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5877 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5879 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5882 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5886 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5889 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5890 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5891 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5893 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5899 breakpoint_re_set ();
5903 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5904 at address specified by SAL.
5905 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5908 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5909 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5911 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5913 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5915 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5917 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5918 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5919 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5920 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5922 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5923 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5924 single thread of control. */
5925 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5926 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5928 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5933 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5937 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5939 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5941 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5945 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5946 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5947 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5949 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5950 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5951 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5952 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5953 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5955 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5956 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5958 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5960 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5961 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5962 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5963 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5965 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5966 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5967 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5969 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5974 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5977 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5979 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5981 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5982 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5984 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5988 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5991 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5994 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5995 struct value_print_options opts
;
5997 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5999 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
6000 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
6001 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
6002 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
6003 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6005 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6006 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6011 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6015 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6016 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6017 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6018 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6019 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6021 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6023 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6024 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6026 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6027 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6029 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6030 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6031 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6032 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6033 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6034 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6035 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6037 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6039 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6040 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6041 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6042 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6043 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6046 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6051 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6052 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6054 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6055 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6058 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6059 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6064 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6068 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6073 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6074 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6081 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6082 case bp_step_resume
:
6084 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6085 case bp_shlib_event
:
6086 case bp_thread_event
:
6087 case bp_overlay_event
:
6089 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6095 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6099 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6103 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6105 printf_filtered (" at ");
6106 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6110 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6111 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6115 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6117 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6119 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6126 printf_filtered ("\n");
6130 static struct bp_location
*
6131 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6132 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6134 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6136 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6137 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6140 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6142 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6143 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6144 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6145 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6146 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6147 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6148 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6150 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6155 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6156 return 0 otherwise. */
6159 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6163 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6164 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6165 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6168 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6170 addr
= loc
->address
;
6171 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6173 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6177 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6179 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6180 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6181 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6182 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6184 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6185 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6187 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6188 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6191 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6198 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6199 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6200 as condition expression. */
6203 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6204 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6206 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6207 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6208 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6210 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6213 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6215 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6216 int target_resources_ok
=
6217 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6219 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6220 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6221 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6222 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6225 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6227 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6229 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6230 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6234 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6236 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6238 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6239 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6244 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6245 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6246 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6250 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6251 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6252 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6253 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6255 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6257 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6258 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6259 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6260 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6266 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6269 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6270 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6274 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6275 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6277 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6282 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6284 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6287 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6293 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6294 elements to fill the void space. */
6296 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6298 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6299 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6301 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6302 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6307 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6308 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6309 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6310 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6311 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6312 single expanded sal, return the original.
6314 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6315 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6316 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6317 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6318 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6320 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6321 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6323 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6324 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6325 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6328 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6330 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6331 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6332 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6335 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6336 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6342 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6344 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6346 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6348 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6349 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6351 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6353 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6354 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6355 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6357 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6358 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6359 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6360 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6361 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6365 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6367 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6368 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6370 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6371 char *this_function
;
6373 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6375 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6377 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6378 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6381 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6383 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6386 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6388 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6390 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6392 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6395 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6396 we should really always find the section here. */
6397 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6400 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6401 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6403 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6412 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6414 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6415 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6416 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6420 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6422 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6424 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6425 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6426 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6427 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6429 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6430 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6431 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6438 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6439 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6450 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6451 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6452 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6453 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6454 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6455 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6456 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6457 we take just a single condition string.
6459 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6460 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6461 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6462 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6463 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6466 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6467 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6469 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6470 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6471 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6475 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6477 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6478 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6480 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6481 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6482 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6486 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6487 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6488 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6489 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6492 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6493 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6494 char ***addr_string
,
6497 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6498 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6499 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6501 if ((*address
) == NULL
6502 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6504 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6506 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6507 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6508 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6509 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6510 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6511 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6512 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6513 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6514 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6516 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6517 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6518 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6519 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6521 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6523 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6527 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6531 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6532 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6533 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6534 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6535 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6536 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6538 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6540 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6542 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6543 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6544 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6545 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6548 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6549 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6551 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6552 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6553 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6554 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6557 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6559 /* Add the string if not present. */
6560 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6561 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6567 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6568 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6571 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6575 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6576 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6580 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6582 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6584 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6585 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6588 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6589 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6590 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6591 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6592 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6593 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6595 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6596 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6598 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6604 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6605 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6606 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6611 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6614 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6616 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6618 struct expression
*expr
;
6620 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6621 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6624 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6625 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6627 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6633 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6635 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6636 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6637 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6639 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6645 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6647 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6648 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6649 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6652 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6656 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6657 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6658 This function has two major modes of operations,
6659 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6660 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6661 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6662 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6663 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6667 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6668 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6669 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6670 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6672 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6673 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6677 struct gdb_exception e
;
6678 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6679 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6682 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6684 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6685 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6686 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6690 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6697 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6698 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6699 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6700 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6702 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6703 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6705 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6709 throw_exception (e
);
6713 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6715 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6718 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6719 throw_exception (e
);
6721 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6723 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6724 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6725 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6726 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6729 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6730 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6731 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6732 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6733 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6734 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6736 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6741 throw_exception (e
);
6748 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6749 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6753 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6754 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6756 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6757 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6760 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6761 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6762 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6763 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6764 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6766 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6767 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6768 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6770 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6771 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6774 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6775 are ok for the target. */
6777 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6779 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6781 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6783 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6784 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6788 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6790 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6791 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6792 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6793 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6796 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6799 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6803 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6806 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6807 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6810 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6811 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6812 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6816 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6817 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6819 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6821 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6822 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6823 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6825 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6826 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6827 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6828 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6829 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6831 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6832 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6834 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6835 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6836 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6837 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6843 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6844 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6845 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6847 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6848 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6849 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6851 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6852 update_global_location_list (1);
6855 /* Set a breakpoint.
6856 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6857 condition, and thread.
6858 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6859 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6863 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6865 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6866 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6868 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6870 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6871 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6872 0 /* Ignore count */,
6873 pending_break_support
,
6874 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6881 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6882 char *address
, char *condition
,
6883 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6884 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6885 int pending
, int enabled
)
6887 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6888 address
, condition
, thread
,
6889 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6890 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6893 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6897 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6898 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6899 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6902 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6905 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6908 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6909 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6911 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6913 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6916 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6917 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6919 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6920 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6925 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6928 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6931 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6935 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6937 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6938 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6939 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6942 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6943 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6944 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6946 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6947 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6948 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6949 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6953 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6955 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6959 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6962 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6965 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6966 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6970 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6971 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6972 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6975 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6976 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6978 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6980 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6982 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6984 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6991 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6993 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6997 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6999 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
7003 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7005 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7009 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7011 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7015 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7017 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7018 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7019 stop at <line>\n"));
7023 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7027 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7029 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7034 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7035 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7036 function/method name */
7037 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7039 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7044 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7046 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7050 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7052 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7056 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7060 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7067 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7068 it is probably a line number. */
7069 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7071 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7076 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7078 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7082 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7084 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7087 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7088 hw_read: watch read,
7089 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7091 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7093 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7094 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7095 struct expression
*exp
;
7096 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7097 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7098 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7099 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7100 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7101 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7103 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7104 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7105 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7106 enum bptype bp_type
;
7110 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7111 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7113 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7115 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7116 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7118 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7119 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7120 be the thread identifier. */
7121 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7123 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7126 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7127 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7129 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7130 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7131 reach a "thread" token. */
7132 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7137 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7140 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7141 calculate the length of the token. */
7143 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7145 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7147 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7148 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7149 only in a specific thread. */
7152 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7153 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7155 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7157 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7158 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7160 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7161 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7162 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7164 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7165 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7166 evaluate_expression() function. */
7171 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7172 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7174 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7176 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7177 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7179 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7182 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7183 mark
= value_mark ();
7184 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7186 release_value (val
);
7189 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7193 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7196 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7197 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7199 struct expression
*cond
;
7201 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7202 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7207 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7209 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7210 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7211 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7212 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7214 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7216 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7217 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7218 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7221 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7222 target_resources_ok
=
7223 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7225 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7226 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7228 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7229 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7232 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7233 watchpoint could not be set. */
7234 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7235 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7237 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7239 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7240 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7241 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7242 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7243 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7245 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7248 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7249 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7250 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7252 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7254 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7255 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7257 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7258 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7260 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7261 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7262 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7263 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7264 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7265 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7266 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7267 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7268 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7272 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7273 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7274 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7275 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7277 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7279 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7280 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7284 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7290 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7291 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7295 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7296 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7299 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7301 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7302 need to act on them together. */
7303 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7304 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7307 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7309 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7310 that should be inserted. */
7311 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7314 update_global_location_list (1);
7317 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7318 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7319 in hardware return zero. */
7322 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7324 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7325 struct value
*head
= v
;
7327 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7328 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7331 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7332 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7333 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7334 hardware watchpoint.
7336 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7337 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7338 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7339 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7340 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7341 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7342 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7343 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7344 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7346 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7347 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7348 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7349 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7350 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7352 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7355 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7356 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7357 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7361 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7362 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7363 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7365 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7366 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7367 middle of some value chain. */
7369 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7370 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7372 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7373 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7375 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7382 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7383 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7384 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7385 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7386 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7389 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7390 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7391 return found_memory_cnt
;
7395 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7397 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7401 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7403 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7407 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7409 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7413 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7415 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7419 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7421 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7425 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7427 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7431 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7432 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7434 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7436 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7437 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7440 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7441 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7442 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7445 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7447 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7449 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7451 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7455 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7457 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7458 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7459 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7460 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7461 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7464 clear_proceed_status ();
7466 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7469 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7470 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7471 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7473 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7474 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7476 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7477 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7480 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7483 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7485 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7488 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7489 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7490 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7491 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7493 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7494 at the very same frame. */
7495 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7496 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7499 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7501 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7504 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7506 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7507 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7508 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7510 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7512 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7515 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7517 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7518 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7519 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7520 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7522 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7524 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7525 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7527 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7528 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7530 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7531 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7532 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7536 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7540 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7542 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7544 while (isspace (**s
))
7548 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7549 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7551 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7552 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7553 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7554 if clause in the arg string. */
7557 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7561 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7564 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7567 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7568 condition string. */
7569 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7572 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7573 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7578 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7579 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7581 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7582 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7583 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7584 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7586 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7587 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7589 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7591 static char filename
[1024];
7596 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7614 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7615 process start/exit, etc. */
7619 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7620 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7625 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7627 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7628 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7629 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7632 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7633 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7634 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7638 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7640 /* The allowed syntax is:
7642 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7644 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7645 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7647 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7648 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7650 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7651 and enable reporting of such events. */
7654 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7655 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7656 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7657 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7659 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7660 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7661 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7662 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7665 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7671 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7673 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7675 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7677 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7681 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7683 /* The allowed syntax is:
7685 catch exec if <cond>
7687 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7688 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7690 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7691 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7693 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7694 and enable reporting of such events. */
7695 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7696 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7699 static enum print_stop_action
7700 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7702 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7704 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7706 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7707 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7708 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7711 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7713 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7715 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7716 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7718 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7719 : " (exception caught), ");
7720 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7722 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7724 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7725 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7727 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7731 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7733 struct value_print_options opts
;
7734 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7735 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7738 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7741 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7742 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7747 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7748 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7750 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7754 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7759 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7760 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7761 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7762 : _("Catchpoint "));
7763 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7764 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7768 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7771 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7772 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7773 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7774 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7778 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7779 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7781 char *trigger_func_name
;
7783 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7784 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7786 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7788 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7789 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7790 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7793 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7794 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7800 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7803 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7804 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7806 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7807 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7811 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7813 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7815 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7816 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7818 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7819 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7820 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7822 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7825 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7828 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7831 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7833 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7834 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7837 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7840 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7842 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7843 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7846 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7849 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7850 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7854 struct expression
*cond
,
7855 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7863 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7865 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7867 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7868 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7869 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7870 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7871 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7872 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7873 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7874 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7875 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7876 enough for now, though. */
7879 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7880 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7882 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7883 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7884 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7885 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7886 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7887 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7888 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7889 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7890 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7895 update_global_location_list (1);
7898 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7901 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7902 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7904 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7906 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7908 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7909 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7910 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7911 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7912 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7914 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7918 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7919 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7920 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7921 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7925 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7927 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7929 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7930 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7933 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7934 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7936 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7938 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7939 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7941 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7943 int i
, syscall_number
;
7948 /* Skip whitespace. */
7949 while (isspace (*arg
))
7952 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7953 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7957 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7958 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7959 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7960 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7963 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7965 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7967 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7968 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7969 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7971 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7974 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7975 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7978 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7982 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7985 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7990 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7992 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7993 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7994 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7995 this architeture yet."));
7997 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7999 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
8001 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
8002 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
8003 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
8004 for his/her architecture. */
8005 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8007 /* The allowed syntax is:
8009 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8011 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8014 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8018 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8019 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8022 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8025 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8027 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8029 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8030 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8031 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8033 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8037 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8038 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8039 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8043 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8045 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8050 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8052 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8055 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8058 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8060 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8061 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8064 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8065 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8070 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8075 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8076 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8077 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8078 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8079 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8080 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8081 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8082 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8083 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8084 error (_("No source file specified."));
8092 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8093 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8094 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8095 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8096 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8098 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8099 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8100 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8101 due to optimization, all in one block.
8102 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8103 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8104 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8105 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8106 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8109 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8110 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8111 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8115 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8117 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8118 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8119 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8122 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8127 1 0 <can't happen> */
8131 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8136 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8137 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8138 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8139 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8140 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8141 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8143 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8144 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8146 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8147 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8148 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8149 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8150 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8151 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8152 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8153 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8154 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8155 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8156 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8157 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8166 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8169 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8170 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8173 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8175 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8178 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8179 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8182 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8183 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8185 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8187 breakpoints_changed ();
8189 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8192 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8193 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8196 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8199 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8200 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8201 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8204 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8206 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8208 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8209 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8210 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8211 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8213 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8217 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8218 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8222 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8223 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8224 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8225 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8226 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8229 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8231 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8232 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8233 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8234 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8236 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8237 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8239 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8240 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8241 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8243 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8244 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8246 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8247 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8248 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8250 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8253 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8254 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8255 the bp_location array. */
8258 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8260 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8262 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8263 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8267 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8269 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8272 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8273 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8275 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8276 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8277 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8278 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8280 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8282 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8283 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8284 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8285 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8289 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8290 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8291 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8292 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8293 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8294 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8295 returns true on them.
8297 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8298 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8299 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8300 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8301 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8302 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8305 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8308 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8309 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8311 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8312 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8313 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8314 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8315 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8317 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8318 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8319 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8320 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8322 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8323 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8324 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8325 unsigned old_location_count
;
8327 old_location
= bp_location
;
8328 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8330 bp_location_count
= 0;
8331 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8334 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8335 bp_location_count
++;
8337 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8340 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8342 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8343 bp_location_compare
);
8345 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8347 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8348 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8349 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8350 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8351 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8353 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8354 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8357 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8360 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8361 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8363 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8365 int found_object
= 0;
8366 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8367 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8370 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8371 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8372 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8373 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8377 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8378 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8381 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8388 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8389 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8390 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8391 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8394 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8396 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8398 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8400 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8401 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8406 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8407 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8408 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8410 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8413 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8414 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8417 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8419 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8421 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8422 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8423 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8424 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8427 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8436 if (!keep_in_target
)
8438 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8440 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8441 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8442 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8445 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8446 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8447 after calling us. */
8448 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8449 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8457 if (removed
&& non_stop
8458 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8459 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8461 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8462 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8463 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8464 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8465 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8466 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8467 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8468 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8469 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8470 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8471 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8472 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8473 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8474 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8477 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8478 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8480 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8481 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8482 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8483 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8484 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8485 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8486 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8487 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8488 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8489 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8490 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8491 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8492 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8495 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8496 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8497 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8498 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8500 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8501 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8502 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8503 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8504 traps we can no longer explain. */
8506 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8507 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8509 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8512 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8516 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8517 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8518 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8519 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8520 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8521 are sorted first for the same address.
8523 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8524 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8526 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8527 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8528 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8529 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8530 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8532 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8533 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8535 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8536 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8537 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8539 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8540 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8543 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8544 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8545 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8546 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8547 "actually inserted"));
8549 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8550 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8551 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8552 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8553 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8554 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8556 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8558 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8559 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8560 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8569 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8570 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8571 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8572 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8573 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8576 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8577 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8578 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8579 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8581 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8585 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8587 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8590 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8591 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8593 free_bp_location (loc
);
8594 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8600 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8602 struct gdb_exception e
;
8603 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8604 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8607 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8609 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8612 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8613 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8615 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8617 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8621 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8623 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8625 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8626 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8630 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8634 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8636 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8637 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8639 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8641 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8642 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8644 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8645 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8646 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8647 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8648 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8650 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8651 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8652 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8653 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8654 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8657 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8659 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8660 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8665 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8669 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8670 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8671 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8672 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8673 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8674 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8676 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8677 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8678 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8679 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8680 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8681 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8682 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8683 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8684 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8686 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8687 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8688 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8689 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8690 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8691 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8692 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8693 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8694 with commands won't work. */
8696 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8698 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8699 list, update the global location list. This
8700 will remove locations that used to belong to
8701 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8702 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8703 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8704 design to have location completely self-contained,
8705 but it's not the case now. */
8706 update_global_location_list (0);
8709 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8710 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8711 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8717 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8719 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8723 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8725 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8729 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8731 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8737 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8739 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8740 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8741 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8744 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8745 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8746 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8747 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8748 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8749 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8752 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8757 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8759 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8761 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8763 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8764 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8765 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8766 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8767 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8768 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8770 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8775 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8779 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8781 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8782 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8787 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8788 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8789 Null names are ignored. */
8792 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8794 struct bp_location
*l
;
8795 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8796 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8797 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8799 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8802 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8804 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8808 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8810 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8825 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8826 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8830 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8832 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8833 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8834 the common case where all locations are in the same
8835 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8836 retain the location, so that when the library
8837 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8838 status of the individual locations. */
8839 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8844 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8846 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8847 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8849 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8851 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8853 struct gdb_exception e
;
8856 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8858 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8863 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8864 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8865 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8869 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8870 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8871 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8872 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8874 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8876 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8877 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8880 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8881 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8882 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8884 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8886 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8887 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8888 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8889 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8890 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8891 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8892 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8894 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8896 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8898 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8899 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8901 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8902 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8903 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8911 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8912 if (l
->function_name
8913 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8923 update_global_location_list (1);
8927 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8928 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8929 Unused in this case. */
8932 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8934 /* get past catch_errs */
8935 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8939 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8940 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8941 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8943 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8944 struct gdb_exception e
;
8945 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8950 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8954 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8956 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8957 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8960 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8962 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8963 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8967 set_language (b
->language
);
8968 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8971 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8972 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8974 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8976 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8981 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8982 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8983 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8984 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8985 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8986 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8987 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8989 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8990 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8991 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8992 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8994 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8996 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8997 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8998 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8999 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
9000 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
9001 which approach is better. */
9002 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9003 throw_exception (e
);
9009 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9011 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9012 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9014 char *cond_string
= 0;
9018 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9019 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9021 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9024 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9027 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9030 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9031 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9035 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9036 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9037 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9038 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9039 or it can be on local variables.
9041 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9042 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9043 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9046 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9047 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9048 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9049 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9050 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9051 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9053 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9054 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9055 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9056 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9058 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9059 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9061 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9062 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9063 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9065 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9066 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9072 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9074 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9075 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9076 case bp_overlay_event
:
9077 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9078 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9081 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9082 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9083 case bp_shlib_event
:
9085 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9086 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9087 case bp_thread_event
:
9089 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9090 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9091 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9092 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9095 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9097 case bp_step_resume
:
9099 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9104 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9108 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9110 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9112 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9113 enum language save_language
;
9114 int save_input_radix
;
9115 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9117 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9118 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9119 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9123 /* Format possible error msg */
9124 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9126 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9127 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9128 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9130 set_language (save_language
);
9131 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9133 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9135 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9137 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9138 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9139 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9140 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9141 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9144 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9146 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9147 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9149 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9151 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9153 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9154 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9156 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9157 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9158 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9160 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9164 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9165 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9166 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9169 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9171 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9177 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9179 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9183 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9185 else if (count
== 1)
9186 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9189 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9192 breakpoints_changed ();
9193 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9197 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9201 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9203 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9207 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9210 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9216 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9218 num
= get_number (&p
);
9220 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9222 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9224 set_ignore_count (num
,
9225 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9228 printf_filtered ("\n");
9231 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9232 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9235 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9240 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9244 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9251 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9254 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9259 if (b
->number
== num
)
9261 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9264 if (related_breakpoint
)
9265 function (related_breakpoint
);
9269 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9275 static struct bp_location
*
9276 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9278 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9282 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9283 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9288 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9290 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9293 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9298 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9299 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9302 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9304 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9308 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9311 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9317 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9318 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9319 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9322 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9324 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9325 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9326 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9327 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9330 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9331 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9334 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9336 update_global_location_list (0);
9338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9342 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9344 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9350 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9356 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9358 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9359 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9360 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9361 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9365 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9367 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9370 update_global_location_list (0);
9373 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9377 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9379 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9382 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9385 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9386 target_resources_ok
=
9387 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9389 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9390 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9391 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9392 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9395 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9396 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9397 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9398 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9400 struct gdb_exception e
;
9402 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9404 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9408 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9414 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9415 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9416 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9417 update_global_location_list (1);
9418 breakpoints_changed ();
9420 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9425 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9427 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9430 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9431 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9432 in stopping the inferior. */
9435 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9437 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9443 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9449 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9451 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9452 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9453 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9454 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9458 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9460 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9463 update_global_location_list (1);
9466 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9470 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9472 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9476 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9478 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9482 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9484 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9488 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9490 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9494 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9499 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9503 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9504 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9508 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9509 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9511 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9514 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9515 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9516 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9520 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9521 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9522 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9523 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9525 value_free (bp
->val
);
9532 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9534 struct symtabs_and_lines
9535 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9537 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9539 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9540 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9541 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9542 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9543 default_breakpoint_line
,
9544 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9546 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9547 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9549 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9553 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9554 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9555 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9556 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9560 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9561 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9563 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9565 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9567 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9568 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9570 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9572 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9580 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9583 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9585 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9588 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9594 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9596 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9597 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9599 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9602 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9603 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9607 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9609 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9610 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9614 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9615 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9616 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9619 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9620 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9621 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9622 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9623 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9624 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9626 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9628 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9629 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9632 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9635 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9637 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9639 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9641 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9642 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9643 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9644 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9646 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9648 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9649 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9650 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9651 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9655 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9658 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9662 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9664 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9666 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9667 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9675 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9676 non-zero otherwise. */
9678 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9680 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9681 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9682 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9689 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9691 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9693 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9697 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9699 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9702 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9704 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9708 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9710 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9720 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9722 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9723 char *text
, char *word
)
9725 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9726 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9729 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9731 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9733 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9735 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9736 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9740 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9742 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9744 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9745 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9747 0 /* Ignore count */,
9748 pending_break_support
,
9752 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9755 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9759 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9761 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9762 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9764 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9777 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9782 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9783 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9786 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9787 Not supported by all targets. */
9789 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9791 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9794 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9795 Not supported by all targets. */
9797 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9799 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9802 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9804 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9806 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9812 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9814 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9815 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9816 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9821 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9826 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9828 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9832 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9839 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9842 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9844 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9845 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9846 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9849 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9851 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9855 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9856 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9858 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9860 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9863 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9865 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9868 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9871 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9877 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9878 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9880 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9881 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9883 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9887 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9894 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9896 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9899 if (t
->number
== num
)
9905 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9906 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9907 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9908 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9910 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9912 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9913 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9915 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9917 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9920 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9922 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9925 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9929 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9930 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9933 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9938 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9943 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9944 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9945 allow us to discover this. */
9946 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9950 /* save-tracepoints command */
9952 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9954 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9956 struct action_line
*line
;
9958 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9959 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9961 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9963 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9964 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9966 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9967 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9974 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9978 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9979 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9980 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9982 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9983 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9984 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9986 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9988 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9989 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9992 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9993 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9997 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
10001 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
10003 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10005 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10007 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10008 actionline
= line
->action
;
10009 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10012 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10013 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10015 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10017 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10018 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10020 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10026 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10028 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10032 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10034 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10037 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10038 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10040 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10042 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10049 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10050 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10051 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10052 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10053 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10054 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10055 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10056 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10057 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10058 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10059 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10061 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10062 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10064 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10066 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10068 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10069 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10071 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10072 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10074 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10075 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10077 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10078 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10079 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10080 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10081 char *text
, char *word
),
10082 void *user_data_catch
,
10083 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10085 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10087 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10089 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10090 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10091 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10093 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10095 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10096 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10097 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10101 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10103 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10105 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10106 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10107 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10111 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10113 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10114 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10115 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10117 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10118 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10119 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10121 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10122 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10123 before a breakpoint is set. */
10124 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10126 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10128 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10129 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10130 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10132 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10134 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10135 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10136 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10137 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10138 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10139 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10140 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10141 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10143 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10144 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10145 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10146 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10148 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10149 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10150 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10151 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10152 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10154 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10155 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10157 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10158 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10159 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10160 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10162 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10163 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10165 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10166 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10167 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10168 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10170 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10171 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10173 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10174 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10175 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10176 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10177 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10178 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10179 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10181 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10182 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10183 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10184 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10185 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10186 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10188 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10190 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10191 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10192 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10193 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10194 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10195 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10197 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10198 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10199 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10202 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10203 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10204 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10207 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10208 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10209 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10212 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10213 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10214 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10217 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10218 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10219 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10220 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10221 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10222 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10223 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10224 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10226 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10227 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10228 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10229 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10230 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10232 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10233 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10234 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10235 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10236 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10237 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10240 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10241 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10242 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10243 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10245 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10246 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10247 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10248 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10249 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10251 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10252 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10253 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10254 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10256 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10257 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10258 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10259 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10260 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10263 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10264 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10265 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10266 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10267 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10268 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10270 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10271 is executing in.\n\
10273 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10275 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10276 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10277 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10278 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10280 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10281 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10282 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10283 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10286 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10290 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10291 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10292 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10293 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10294 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10295 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10296 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10297 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10298 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10299 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10300 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10301 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10302 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10303 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10304 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10305 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10307 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10308 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10309 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10310 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10311 breakpoint set."));
10314 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10315 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10316 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10317 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10318 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10319 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10320 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10321 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10322 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10324 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10325 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10326 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10327 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10328 breakpoint set."));
10330 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10333 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10334 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10335 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10336 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10337 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10338 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10339 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10340 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10341 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10343 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10344 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10345 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10346 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10347 breakpoint set."));
10349 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10350 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10351 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10352 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10353 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10354 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10355 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10356 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10357 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10358 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10359 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10360 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10361 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10363 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10364 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10365 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10366 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10368 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10370 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10371 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10372 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10373 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10375 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10376 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10377 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10378 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10380 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10381 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10382 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10383 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10384 catch_catch_command
,
10388 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10389 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10390 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10391 catch_throw_command
,
10395 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10396 catch_fork_command_1
,
10398 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10399 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10400 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10401 catch_fork_command_1
,
10403 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10404 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10405 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10406 catch_exec_command_1
,
10410 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10411 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10412 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10413 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10414 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10415 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10416 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10417 catch_syscall_completer
,
10420 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10421 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10422 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10423 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10427 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10428 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10429 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10430 catch_assert_command
,
10435 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10436 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10437 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10438 an expression changes."));
10439 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10441 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10442 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10443 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10444 an expression is read."));
10445 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10447 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10448 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10449 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10450 an expression is either read or written."));
10451 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10453 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10454 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10457 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10458 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10459 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10460 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10461 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10462 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10463 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10464 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10465 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10468 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10469 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10471 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10473 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10475 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10476 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10478 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10479 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10480 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10482 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10483 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10484 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10485 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10487 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10488 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10489 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10490 last tracepoint set."));
10492 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10494 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10495 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10496 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10497 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10500 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10501 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10502 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10503 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10505 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10507 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10508 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10509 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10510 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10512 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10514 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10515 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10516 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10517 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10518 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10520 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10521 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10522 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10523 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10525 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10526 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10527 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10528 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10529 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10530 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10531 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10532 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10533 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10534 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10535 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10536 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10538 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10539 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10540 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10541 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10542 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10543 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10544 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10545 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10547 show_pending_break_support
,
10548 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10549 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10551 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10553 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10554 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10555 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10556 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10557 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10558 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10559 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10561 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10562 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10563 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10565 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10566 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10567 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10568 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10569 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10570 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10571 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10572 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10573 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10574 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10575 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10576 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10578 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10579 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10580 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10582 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10584 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);